Add Swedish translation

72 files changed, 16634 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a81695a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,9582 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
+# Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>, 2014
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-10 14:31+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
+msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --dav"
+msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
+msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
+"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt <guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
+#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Presentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
+"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
+"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
+"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
+"server."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att konfigurera en WebDAV-server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
+msgid "Creating a new entry"
+msgstr "Skapar en ny post"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
+"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
+"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
+msgstr "Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
+"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom <guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid rätta till det om det behövs."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
+msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr "Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna monteringspunkt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
+"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
+msgstr "I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
+msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
+"access."
+msgstr "Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för åtkomst."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
+msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
+msgstr "Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
+msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
+msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
+"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
+"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
+"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
+msgstr "Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad \"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
+"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
+"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
+"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
+msgstr "Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
+"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
+"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
+"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
+"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
+"required packages will be installed if necessary."
+msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
+"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
+"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
+"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
+"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på <guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
+"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
+msgstr "När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"have this facility."
+msgstr "Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare har denna möjlighet."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
+#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "sv"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
+msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
+msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
+msgid "."
+msgstr "."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
+"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
+msgid "Procedure"
+msgstr "Procedur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
+"which share directories."
+msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar mappar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
+"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr "Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
+"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
+"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
+msgstr "Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
+"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"browser, for example in Dolphin."
+msgstr "När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "CD/DVD burner"
+msgstr "CD/DVD-brännare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
+msgid "diskdrake --removable"
+msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
+msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
+"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
+"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
+msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
+msgstr "Dess mål är att definera hur din flyttbara enhet är monterad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
+"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
+"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr "Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
+msgid "Mount point"
+msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
+msgstr "Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Val"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
+msgid "user/nouser"
+msgstr "användare/ingenanvändare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
+"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
+"the only one who can umount it."
+msgstr "användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
+msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Kom åt Windows (SMB)-delade diskar och mappar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --smb"
+msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
+"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
+"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar kataloger."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
+"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr "Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
+"have to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
+msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
+"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen <guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
+"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
+"with the same button."
+msgstr "I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
+msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
+msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
+"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
+"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
+msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
+msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:3
+msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
+msgstr "3D-skrivbordseffekter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:5
+msgid "drak3d"
+msgstr "drak3d"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:10
+msgid "drak3d.png"
+msgstr "drak3d.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
+"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
+"default."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard avstängt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:25
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Komma igång"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
+"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
+"start."
+msgstr "För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
+"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:45
+msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
+msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
+"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
+"for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr "När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
+"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
+msgstr "Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:59
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr "Felsökning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:62
+msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
+msgstr "Kan inte se skrivbordet efter inloggning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
+"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
+"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
+msgstr "Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:71
+msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
+msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
+"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat inloggningsproblemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:9
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Verifiering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:11
+msgid "drakauth"
+msgstr "drakauth"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:16
+msgid "drakauth.png"
+msgstr "drakauth.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på nätet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
+"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
+"and give information about that."
+msgstr "Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att göra det och ger dig information om det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up boot system"
+msgstr "Ställ in uppstartssystemet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5
+msgid "drakboot --boot"
+msgstr "drakboot --boot"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
+msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
+msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
+"boot, etc.)"
+msgstr "det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
+"up boot system\"."
+msgstr "Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in uppstartssystemet\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
+"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
+msgstr "Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från att starta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
+"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
+msgstr "I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått ut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
+"possible to set a password."
+msgstr "I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
+msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
+msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger några extra val."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera ACPI:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
+"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
+"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
+"compatible."
+msgstr "ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara är ACPI-kompatibel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
+"multicore processors."
+msgstr "SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för processorer med flera kärnor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
+"processor and enable SMP."
+msgstr "Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
+"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
+"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses "
+"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
+"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
+"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
+msgid "drakboot1.png"
+msgstr "drakboot1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
+msgid "drakboot2.png"
+msgstr "drakboot2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
+"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
+"example: Mageia3."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
+"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
+"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
+"the kernel at boot time."
+msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till kärnan vid tid för uppstart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
+"entry by default."
+msgstr "Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda den här posten som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
+"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
+msgstr "I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
+msgstr "Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:6
+msgid "drakboot"
+msgstr "drakboot"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:11
+msgid "drakboot.png"
+msgstr "drakboot.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
+"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
+"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
+"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
+msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en användare som använder datorn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
+"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
+msgstr "Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:26
+msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
+msgstr "Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr "Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
+"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
+"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
+msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
+msgstr "Samla loggar och systeminformation för felrapporter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
+msgid "drakbug_report"
+msgstr "drakbug_report"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till exempel genom  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att först ta bort obehövliga delar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
+msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
+msgstr "Detta kommando samlar följande information från ditt system:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
+msgid "lspci"
+msgstr "ispci"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
+msgid "pci_devices"
+msgstr "pci_devices"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
+msgid "dmidecode"
+msgstr "dmidecode"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
+msgid "fdisk"
+msgstr "fdisk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
+msgid "scsi"
+msgstr "scsi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
+msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
+msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
+msgid "lsmod"
+msgstr "lsmod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
+msgid "cmdline"
+msgstr "cmdline"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
+msgid "pcmcia: stab"
+msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
+msgid "usb"
+msgstr "usb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
+msgid "partitions"
+msgstr "partitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
+msgid "cpuinfo"
+msgstr "cpuinfo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
+msgid "syslog"
+msgstr "syslog"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
+msgid "Xorg.log"
+msgstr "Xorg.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
+msgid "monitor_full_edid"
+msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
+msgid "stage1.log"
+msgstr "stage1.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
+msgid "ddebug.log"
+msgstr "ddebug.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
+msgid "install.log"
+msgstr "install.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
+msgid "fstab"
+msgstr "fstab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
+msgid "modprobe.conf"
+msgstr "modprobe.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
+msgid "lilo.conf"
+msgstr "lilo.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
+msgid "grub: menu.lst"
+msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
+msgid "grub: install.sh"
+msgstr "grub: install.sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
+msgid "grub: device.map"
+msgstr "grub: device.map"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
+msgid "xorg.conf"
+msgstr "xorg.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
+msgid "urpmi.cfg"
+msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
+msgid "modprobe.preload"
+msgstr "modprobe.preload"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
+msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
+msgstr "sysconfig/i81n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
+msgid "/proc/iomem"
+msgstr "/proc/iomem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
+msgid "/proc/ioport"
+msgstr "/proc/ioport"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
+msgid "mageia version"
+msgstr "magiea-version"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
+msgid "rpm -qa"
+msgstr "rpm -qa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
+msgid "df"
+msgstr "df"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
+"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
+msgstr "Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "drakbug"
+msgstr "drakbug"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:15
+msgid "drakbug.png"
+msgstr "drakbug.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan ange den i en existerande felrapport."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
+"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
+"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
+msgstr "Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till den rapporten också."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:3
+msgid "Manage date and time"
+msgstr "Hantera datum och tid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:5
+msgid "drakclock"
+msgstr "drakclock"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:10
+msgid "drakclock.png"
+msgstr "drakclock.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:21
+msgid "It's a very simple tool."
+msgstr "Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
+"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
+msgstr "I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller 2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
+msgstr "Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
+"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
+"nearest town."
+msgstr "Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"settings."
+msgstr "Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina lokaliseringsinställningar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "Remove a connection"
+msgstr "Ta bort en anslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "drakconnect --del"
+msgstr "drakconnect --del"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
+msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
+"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på <emphasis>nästa</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
+"successfully."
+msgstr "Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
+msgstr "Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
+msgid "drakconnect"
+msgstr "drakconnect"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
+msgid "drakconnect.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
+"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
+"your access provider or your network administrator."
+msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
+"and provider you have."
+msgstr "Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och leverantör du har."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
+msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
+msgstr "En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
+"to configure."
+msgstr "Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det som du ska ställa in."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
+"address."
+msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
+msgid "Automatic IP"
+msgstr "Automatisk IP"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
+msgid "drakconnect5.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
+msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
+msgstr "Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
+msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
+msgstr "Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
+msgid "the DHCP client"
+msgstr "DHCP-klienten"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
+msgid "DHCP timeout"
+msgstr "DHCP-timeout"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
+msgstr "Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
+msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
+msgstr "Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
+"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
+"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
+msgstr "VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
+"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
+msgid "Manual configuration"
+msgstr "Manuell inställning"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
+"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
+"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
+msgid "drakconnect30.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
+msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
+msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
+msgstr "En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
+msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
+msgstr "En ny kabel-modemsanslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
+msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
+msgstr "Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn och lösenord."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från en ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den inställningen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
+msgid "drakconnect32.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
+msgid "A new DSL connection"
+msgstr "En ny DSL-anslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr "Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och konfigurera det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
+msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
+msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
+msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
+msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
+msgstr "Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
+msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
+msgstr "PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
+msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+msgstr "PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
+msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
+msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
+msgid "Access settings"
+msgstr "Åtkomstinställningar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
+msgid "Account Login (user name)"
+msgstr "Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
+msgid "Account password"
+msgstr "Konto-lösenord"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
+msgstr "(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
+msgstr "(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
+msgid "A new ISDN connection"
+msgstr "En ny ISDN-anslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
+msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
+msgstr "Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
+msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
+msgstr "Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
+msgid "External ISDN modem"
+msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
+"Select your card."
+msgstr "En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj ditt kort."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
+msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
+msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
+msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
+msgid "Connection name"
+msgstr "Namn på anslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
+msgid "Phone number"
+msgstr "Telefonnummer"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
+msgid "Login ID"
+msgstr "Inloggnings-ID"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
+msgid "Authentication method"
+msgstr "Identifieringsmetod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
+"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
+msgstr "Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
+msgid "Domain name"
+msgstr "Namn på domän"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
+msgid "First and second DNS Server"
+msgstr "Första och andra DNS-server"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
+"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
+msgstr "Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-adressen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
+msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
+msgstr "En ny trådlös anslutning (WiFi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
+"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
+"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
+msgstr "Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen inte fungerade."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
+"the card has detected."
+msgstr "I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet har hittat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
+msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
+msgstr "Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
+msgid "drakconnect31.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
+msgid "Operating mode:"
+msgstr "Arbetsläge:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
+msgid "Managed"
+msgstr "Hanterad"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
+msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
+msgstr "För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste)."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
+msgid "Ad-Hoc"
+msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
+msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
+msgstr "För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
+msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
+msgstr "Namn på nätverk (ESSID)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
+msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
+msgstr "Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
+msgid "WPA/WPA2"
+msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
+msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
+msgstr "Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
+msgid "WEP"
+msgstr "WEP"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
+msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
+msgstr "Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
+msgid "Encryption key"
+msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
+"manual IP address."
+msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
+"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
+"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
+"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
+"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
+"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
+"DHCP server</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
+msgstr "Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
+"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan punkten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
+msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
+msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr "Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och konfigurera det."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
+msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required."
+msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om PIN-koden inte behövs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
+msgid "Provide access settings"
+msgstr "Ange åtkomstinställningar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
+msgid "Access Point Name"
+msgstr "Namn på åtkomstpunkt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
+msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
+msgstr "En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
+msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
+msgstr "En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
+msgid "Manual choice"
+msgstr "Manuellt val"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
+msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
+msgstr "Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
+msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
+msgstr "En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
+msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
+msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
+msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
+msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
+msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
+msgid "PAP/CHAP"
+msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
+msgid "Script-based"
+msgstr "Skript-baserad"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
+msgid "PAP"
+msgstr "PAP"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
+msgid "Terminal-based"
+msgstr "Terminal-baserad"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
+msgid "CHAP"
+msgstr "CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
+msgid "Ending the configuration"
+msgstr "Avslutar konfigurationen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
+msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
+msgstr "I nästa steg så kan du specificera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
+msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt användare att hantera anslutningen</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
+msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Starta anslutningen vid uppstart</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
+"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
+"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
+msgstr "När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på signalstyrka."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
+msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
+msgstr "Med den avancerade knappen kan du specificera:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
+msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
+msgstr "Metrisk (10 som standard)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr "MTU"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
+msgid "Network Hotplugging"
+msgstr "Nätverks \"hotplugging\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
+msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
+msgstr "Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
+"immediately or not."
+msgstr "Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta omedelbart eller inte."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
+msgid "drakconnect9.png"
+msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
+msgid "Open a console as administrator"
+msgstr "Öppna en konsoll som en administratör"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
+msgid "drakconsole"
+msgstr "drakconsole"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
+msgid "drakconsole.png"
+msgstr "drakconsole.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror inte du behöver mer information än så."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:8
+msgid "Manage disk partitions"
+msgstr "Hantera hårddisk-partitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:10
+msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
+msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:15
+msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
+msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
+"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
+"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
+"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr "Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:35
+msgid "drakdisk.png"
+msgstr "drakdisk.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
+"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
+"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
+"must be unmounted first."
+msgstr "Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra det så måste partitionen avmonteras först."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:51
+msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
+msgstr "Det är endast möjligt att skala partitionen på dess högra sida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
+"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
+"is selected"
+msgstr "För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
+msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
+msgstr "Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli skapad."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
+msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
+msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
+"seen in the screenshot below."
+msgstr "Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses i skärmdumpen nedan."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:73
+msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
+msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:5
+msgid "Set up display manager"
+msgstr "Ställ in en skärmhanterare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:7
+msgid "drakedm"
+msgstr "drakedm"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:12
+msgid "drakedm.png"
+msgstr "drakedm.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
+"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
+"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
+msgstr "De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
+msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr "Ställ in din personliga brandvägg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
+msgid "drakfirewall"
+msgstr "drakfirewall"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
+msgid "drakfirewall.png"
+msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
+"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
+"security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i \"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
+"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
+"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
+msgstr "En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga tjänster."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
+"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
+"examples :"
+msgstr "Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet <guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att följa dessa exempel :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
+msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
+msgstr "80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
+msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
+msgstr "24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
+msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
+msgstr "De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
+"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
+msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i systemloggen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
+msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
+msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
+"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
+"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
+msgstr "Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att hindra dig från att ansluta till internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
+"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
+"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
+"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
+"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
+msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
+msgstr "De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
+msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
+msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
+msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
+msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga paketen att laddas ner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
+"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
+msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp; Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:3
+msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
+msgstr "Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:6
+msgid "drakfont"
+msgstr "drakfont"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:11
+msgid "drakfont.png"
+msgstr "drakfont.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
+"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
+"above shows:"
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan visar:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:22
+msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
+msgstr "installerade typsnitt, stilar och storlekar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:26
+msgid "a preview of the selected font."
+msgstr "en förhandsgranskning av valt typsnitt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:30
+msgid "some buttons explained here later."
+msgstr "några knappar som förklaras här senare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:36
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:41
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som kan använda typsnitten."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:46
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avinstallera:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
+"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
+"documents that use them."
+msgstr "Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:52
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
+"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /usr/share/fonts."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
+"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
+msgstr "Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se ändringarna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:3
+msgid "Parental Controls"
+msgstr "Föräldrakontroll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:5
+msgid "drakguard"
+msgstr "drakguard"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:10
+msgid "drakguard.png"
+msgstr "drakguard.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
+msgid "Presentation"
+msgstr "Presentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+msgstr "Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre användbara egenskaper:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+msgstr "Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de bara kan köra det du tillåter dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:49
+msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
+msgstr "Konfigurera föräldrakontroll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</guilabel> öppnas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från tillåtna användare."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och <guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:83
+msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
+msgstr "Fliken svart/vitlista"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:90
+msgid "Block Programs Tab"
+msgstr "Fliken blockera program"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de program du vill blockera."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:9
+msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
+msgstr "Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:12
+msgid "drakgw"
+msgstr "drakgw"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:17
+msgid "drakgw.png"
+msgstr "drakgw.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:25
+msgid "Principles"
+msgstr "Principer"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:29
+msgid "drakgw-net.png"
+msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
+"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
+"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
+"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
+"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
+"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
+"the Internet (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
+"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr "Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:45
+msgid "Gateway wizard"
+msgstr "Gatewayguide"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
+"which are shown below:"
+msgstr "Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som visas nedan:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
+"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
+msgstr "Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
+"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
+"what is proposed is correct."
+msgstr "ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
+"specify the address of a DNS server."
+msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
+"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
+msgstr "ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
+"printers and to share them."
+msgstr "I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till skrivarna och att dela ut dem."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
+msgstr "Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är aktiv."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:109
+msgid "Configure the client"
+msgstr "Konfigurera klienten"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
+"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
+"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
+"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
+"gateway."
+msgstr "Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som agerar gateway."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:123
+msgid "Stop connection sharing"
+msgstr "Sluta dela förbindelser"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller stoppa delningen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
+msgid "Hosts definitions"
+msgstr "Maskindefinitioner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
+msgid "drakhosts"
+msgstr "drakhosts"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
+msgid "drakhosts.png"
+msgstr "drakhosts.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
+"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
+"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
+"instead of the IP-address."
+msgstr "Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det namnet istället för en IP-adress."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
+msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
+"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
+"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
+msgstr "Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
+msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
+"same window."
+msgstr "Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma fönster används."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
+msgstr "Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "drakinvictus"
+msgstr "drakinvictus"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
+msgid "drakinvictus.png"
+msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
+#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
+msgid "Network Center"
+msgstr "Nätverkscenter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
+msgid "draknetcenter"
+msgstr "draknetcenter"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
+msgid "draknetcenter.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
+"Center\""
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
+msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
+msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
+msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
+msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
+"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
+msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
+msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
+msgid "The Monitor button"
+msgstr "Bildskärmsknappen"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
+msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
+"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på <guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
+"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
+"gives details about connection status."
+msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om anslutningens status."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
+msgid "The Configure button"
+msgstr "Konfigureringsknappen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
+msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
+"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
+"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
+"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
+"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
+"have to reconnect to the network."
+msgstr "Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
+msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
+msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
+msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
+msgstr "Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
+msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Drifläge:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
+"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
+"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
+"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
+msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
+msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
+msgstr "Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställningar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
+"in private networks."
+msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> används sällan i privata nätverk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
+"point while remaining connected to the network."
+msgstr "Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt som den är ansluten till nätverket."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
+msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
+msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
+msgstr "Knapp för avancerade inställningar"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
+msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
+msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "Manage different network profiles"
+msgstr "Hantera olika nätverksprofiler"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "draknetprofile"
+msgstr "draknetprofile"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
+msgid "draknetprofile.png"
+msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:9
+msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
+msgstr "Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:11
+msgid "draknfs"
+msgstr "draknfs"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:16
+msgid "draknfs.png"
+msgstr "draknfs.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:24
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr "Förutsättningar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången kan den visa följande meddelande:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgstr "Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
+msgstr "När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:42
+msgid "Main window"
+msgstr "Huvudfönster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
+"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
+"configuration tool."
+msgstr "En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett konfigureringsverktyg."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:50
+msgid "Modify entry"
+msgstr "Ändra post"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
+"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
+"available."
+msgstr "Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är tillgängliga."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:58
+msgid "draknfs4.png"
+msgstr "draknfs4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:64
+msgid "NFS Directory"
+msgstr "NFS-katalog"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
+"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
+"it."
+msgstr "Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:72
+msgid "Host access"
+msgstr "Maskin åtkomst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
+"directory."
+msgstr "Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade katalogen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:77
+msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
+msgstr "NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
+"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
+msgstr "<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
+msgstr "<emphasis>nätgrupper</emphasis>: NIS-nätgrupper kan anges som @grupp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
+"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
+"domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr "<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
+"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
+"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med `/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:96
+msgid "User ID Mapping"
+msgstr "Användar ID Mappning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
+"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av den faktiska root-användaren på servern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter (no_root_squash)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
+"the anonymous account."
+msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för det anonyma kontot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:118
+msgid "Advanced options"
+msgstr "Avancerade alternativ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
+"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
+"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
+"using this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
+"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
+"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
+"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
+"exports(5) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
+msgid "Menu entries"
+msgstr "Menyposter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:143
+msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
+msgstr "Än så länge har listan minst en post."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:147
+msgid "draknfs5.png"
+msgstr "draknfs5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
+msgid "File|Write conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:155
+msgid "Save the current configuration."
+msgstr "Spara aktuell konfiguration."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:159
+msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
+msgstr "NFS Server|Restart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
+msgstr "Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:166
+msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
+msgid "Proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
+msgid "drakproxy"
+msgstr "drakproxy"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
+msgid "drakproxy.png"
+msgstr "drakproxy.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control their complexity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
+msgid "Configure Media"
+msgstr "Ställ in media"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
+msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
+msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
+"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
+"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
+"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
+"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39
+msgid "The columns"
+msgstr "Kollumner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41
+msgid "Column Enable:"
+msgstr "Aktivera kolumn:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
+"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
+msgstr "Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt system oanvändbart."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47
+msgid "Column Update:"
+msgstr "Uppdatera kolumn:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
+"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
+"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
+"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55
+msgid "Column medium:"
+msgstr "Mediakolumn:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
+"versions contain at least:"
+msgstr "Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig version innehåller minst:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
+"available supported by Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
+"which are not free"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som inte är gratis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
+"might be patent claims in some countries."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara patentskyddade i vissa länder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75
+msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
+msgstr "Varje media har fyra undersektioner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
+"this version of Mageia was released."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
+"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
+"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
+"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"corrections."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera korrigeringar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104
+msgid "The buttons on the right"
+msgstr "Knapparna till höger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107
+msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Ta bort:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
+"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
+"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
+msgstr "För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
+msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
+"proxy)."
+msgstr "Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och proxy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119
+msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Lägg till:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
+"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
+"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
+msgstr "Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
+msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64
+msgid "The menu"
+msgstr "Menyn"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
+"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
+"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
+msgstr "Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster öppnas:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158
+msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
+msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
+"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
+"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
+"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
+msgstr "Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
+msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
+"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
+"according to the medium type)"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"default-, update only, always or never)."
+msgstr "Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
+msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
+msgstr "Gör detta med omsorg, som med alla säkerhetsrelaterade frågor"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
+msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
+msgstr "Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
+msgid "draksambashare"
+msgstr "draksambashare"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
+msgid "draksambashare.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
+"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
+"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
+"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
+"resources of the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
+msgid "Preparation"
+msgstr "Förberedning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
+"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
+"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
+"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
+"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
+msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
+msgstr "Guide - Fristående server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
+msgstr "Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång Sambakonfigurationen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
+msgid "draksambashare0.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
+"selected."
+msgstr "I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
+msgid "draksambashare1.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för att komma åt utdelningar."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
+"the network."
+msgstr " Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
+msgid "draksambashare2.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
+msgid "Choose the security mode:"
+msgstr "Välj säkerhetsläget:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
+"resource"
+msgstr "<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha åtkomst till resursen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
+"each share"
+msgstr "<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för varje utdelning."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
+"address or host name."
+msgstr "Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress eller värdnamn."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
+msgid "draksambashare3.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
+"described in the Windows workstations."
+msgstr "Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för arbetsstationer med Windows."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
+msgid "draksambashare4.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
+msgstr "Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
+msgid "draksambashare5.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
+msgid "draksambashare6.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
+msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
+msgstr "Guide - Primär domänkontrollant"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
+msgid "draksambashare13.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
+"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
+"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
+"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
+"security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
+"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
+"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
+msgid "Declare a directory to share"
+msgstr "Ange en katalog att dela"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
+msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
+msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
+msgid "draksambashare15.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
+msgid "draksambashare16.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
+msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
+msgstr "När listan har minst en post så kan man lägga till menyposter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
+msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Spara den aktuella konfigurationen i <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
+msgid "Samba server|Configure"
+msgstr "Samba server|Configure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
+msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
+msgstr "Guiden kan köras igen med det här kommandot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
+msgid "Samba server|Restart"
+msgstr "Samba server|Restart"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
+msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
+msgstr "Samba Server|Reload"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
+msgid "Printers share"
+msgstr "Skrivarutdelning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
+msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
+msgstr "Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
+msgid "draksambashare17.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
+msgid "Samba users"
+msgstr "Samba-användare"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
+msgid "draksambashare18.png"
+msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
+"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
+"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksec.xml:3
+msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
+msgstr "Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksec.xml:6
+msgid "draksec"
+msgstr "draksec"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:11
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+msgstr "Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:29
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:34
+msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
+msgstr "Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:39
+msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr "Rootlösenord: Rootlösenordet efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
+"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
+msgid "Snapshots"
+msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
+msgid "draksnapshot-config"
+msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
+msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
+msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
+"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
+"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
+msgstr "När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
+msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksound.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksound.xml:5
+msgid "draksound"
+msgstr "draksound"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksound.xml:10
+msgid "draksound.png"
+msgstr "draksound.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
+"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
+"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
+"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
+"possible for its enhanced features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
+"enabled."
+msgstr "PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta den vara aktiverad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
+"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three "
+"buttons:"
+msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med tre knappar:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksound.xml:49
+msgid "Draksound1.png"
+msgstr "Draksound1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
+"are doing."
+msgstr "Den första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
+"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
+"the community for help."
+msgstr "Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter hjälp i olika kanaler."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
+msgstr "Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "drakups"
+msgstr "drakups"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakups.xml:8
+msgid "drakups.png"
+msgstr "drakups.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
+msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
+msgstr "Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
+msgid "drakvpn"
+msgstr "drakvpn"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
+msgid "drakvpn1.png"
+msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
+"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
+"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
+"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
+"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
+"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
+"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
+msgstr "Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
+msgid "Then give your connection a name."
+msgstr "Namnge sedan din anslutning."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
+msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
+msgstr "Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
+msgid "For Cisco VPN"
+msgstr "För Cisco VPN"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
+msgid "drakvpn3.png"
+msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
+"first time the tool is used."
+msgstr "För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången verkyget används."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
+msgid "drakvpn7.png"
+msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
+"received from the network administrator."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets administratör."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
+msgid "Advanced parameters:"
+msgstr "Avancerade parametrar:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
+msgid "drakvpn8.png"
+msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
+msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
+msgstr "Nästa skärm frågar efter IP-adressen till gatewayn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
+"connection."
+msgstr "När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "Configure webserver"
+msgstr "Konfigurera webbserver"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"web server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
+msgid "What is a web server?"
+msgstr "Vad är en webbserver?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
+"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
+msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
+msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
+msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
+msgid "Server User Module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
+msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
+msgid "User web directory name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
+"display it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
+msgid "Server Document Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
+msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr "Sammanfattning"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
+msgid "Finish"
+msgstr "Slutför"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
+msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Anpassa DNS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard bind"
+msgstr "drakwizard bind"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
+msgid "Configure DHCP"
+msgstr "Anpassa DHCP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12
+msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17
+msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30
+msgid "What is DHCP?"
+msgstr "Vad är DHCP?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
+"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
+"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
+"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39
+msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41
+msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59
+msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74
+msgid "Select IP range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
+"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
+"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
+msgid "Hold on..."
+msgstr "Vänta..."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
+"change things around."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118
+msgid "Hours later..."
+msgstr "Flera timmar senare..."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
+msgid "What is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135
+msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150
+msgid "<code>hname</code>"
+msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154
+msgid "<code>dns</code>"
+msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158
+msgid "net"
+msgstr "net"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162
+msgid "ip"
+msgstr "ip"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166
+msgid "<code>mask</code>"
+msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170
+msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
+msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174
+msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
+msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178
+msgid "<code>dname</code>"
+msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182
+msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
+msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
+msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
+msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190
+msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
+msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201
+msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
+msgstr "Startar om <code>dhcpd.</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
+msgid "Configure time"
+msgstr "Anpassa tid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
+msgid "drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
+msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
+msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
+"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
+"because this server always points to available time servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
+msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
+msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
+"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
+"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
+msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
+msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> för att avsluta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
+msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
+msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
+"servers;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
+"name;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "Configure FTP"
+msgstr "Anpassa FTP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
+msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
+msgstr "Vad är <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
+"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
+"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
+msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
+msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
+msgid "Server Information"
+msgstr "Serverinformation"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
+"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
+msgid "Server Options"
+msgstr "Serveralternativ"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
+msgid "Configure proxy"
+msgstr "Anpassa proxy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
+msgid "drakwizard squid"
+msgstr "drakwizard squid"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
+msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
+"before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
+msgid "What is a proxy server?"
+msgstr "Vad är en proxyserver?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
+msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
+msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
+msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
+msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
+msgid "Select Network Access Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
+msgid "Grant Network Access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
+msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
+msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
+msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
+msgid "Start during boot?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
+msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
+msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
+msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
+msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
+msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
+msgid "cache_mem"
+msgstr "cache_mem"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
+msgid "http_port"
+msgstr "http_port"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
+msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
+msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
+msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
+msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
+msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
+msgstr "Startar om <code>squid.</code>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
+msgstr "OpenSSH demonens inställningar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
+msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
+msgstr "Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
+"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
+"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
+msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
+msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
+msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
+msgid "General Options"
+msgstr "Allmänna alternativ"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
+msgid "Authentication Methods"
+msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
+"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "Loggning"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
+msgid "Login Options"
+msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
+msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
+msgid "User Login Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
+msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
+msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "drakxservices"
+msgstr "drakxservices"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
+msgid "drakxservices.png"
+msgstr "drakxservices.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
+msgid "Hardware configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration av hårdvara"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
+msgid "harddrake2"
+msgstr "harddrake2"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
+msgid "harddrake2.png"
+msgstr "harddrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
+"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
+"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
+"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code> package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
+msgid "The window"
+msgstr "Fönstret"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
+msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
+msgstr "Fönstret är uppdelat i två kolumner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
+"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
+"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
+"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
+"about the content of the fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
+"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
+"used by experts only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
+"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
+"enable automatic detection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
+msgid "modem"
+msgstr "modem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
+msgid "Jaz devices"
+msgstr "Jaz-enheter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
+msgid "Zip parallel devices"
+msgstr "Parallella zip-enheter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
+"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
+"be operational the next time this tool is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Ställ in tangentbodslayout"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
+msgid "keyboarddrake"
+msgstr "keyboarddrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
+msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
+msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
+"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
+"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
+"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
+"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
+msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Tangentbordslayout"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
+msgid "Keyboard Type"
+msgstr "Typ av tangentbord"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
+"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:10
+msgid "Manage localization for your system"
+msgstr "Hantera lokalisering av ditt system"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:13
+msgid "localedrake"
+msgstr "localedrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:18
+msgid "localedrake.png"
+msgstr "localedrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
+"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
+"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
+"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
+"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
+"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
+"countries not listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:38
+msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
+msgstr "Du måste starta om sessionen när ändringar har utförts."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:42
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Inmatningsmetod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
+"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
+"Korean, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
+"users should not need to configure it manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
+"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
+"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:3
+msgid "View and search system logs"
+msgstr "Visa och sök i systemloggar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:5
+msgid "logdrake"
+msgstr "logdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:10
+msgid "logdrake.png"
+msgstr "logdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</guilabel>\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:22
+msgid "To do a search in the logs"
+msgstr "För att söka i loggarna"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:43
+msgid "To configure a mail alert"
+msgstr "För att konfigurera en e-postnotifiering"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
+"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The following services can be watched :"
+msgstr "Följande tjänster kan övervakas :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:59
+msgid "Webmin Service"
+msgstr "Webmin-tjänst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:63
+msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
+msgstr "E-postservern Postfix"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:67
+msgid "FTP Server"
+msgstr "FTP-server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:71
+msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
+msgstr "Webbservern Apache"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:75
+msgid "SSH Server"
+msgstr "SSH-server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:79
+msgid "Samba Server"
+msgstr "Samba-server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:83
+msgid "Xinetd Service"
+msgstr "Xinetd-tjänst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:87
+msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
+msgstr "BIND Uppslag av domännamn"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:91
+msgid "logdrake1.png"
+msgstr "logdrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
+"to 3 times the number of processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
+"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
+"or on the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
+msgstr "Visa alla tillgängliga NFS och SMB-utdelningar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
+msgid "lsnetdrake"
+msgstr "lsnetdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas från en konsol."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
+msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
+msgstr "Visa information om PCI, USB och PCMCIA"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
+msgid "lspcidrake"
+msgstr "lspcidrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
+"root."
+msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"packages to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
+msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
+msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
+"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
+msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
+msgstr "Information om grafikkortet;"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
+msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
+msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
+msgid "Information about the network"
+msgstr "Information om nätverket"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
+msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
+msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
+msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
+"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
+msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
+msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
+"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
+msgid "Software Packages Update"
+msgstr "Uppdatera Paket"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
+msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
+msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
+msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
+msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
+"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
+"prompted to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"means you can click to drop down a text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
+msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
+msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Uppstart"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
+msgid "mcc-boot.png"
+msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
+"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
+msgid "Configure boot steps"
+msgstr "Konfigurera start-steg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Hårdvara"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
+msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
+"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
+msgid "Manage your hardware"
+msgstr "Hantera din hårdvara"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera hårdvara</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
+msgid "Configure graphics"
+msgstr "Konfigurera Grafik"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
+msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
+msgstr "Konfigurera mus och tangentbord"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
+msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
+msgstr "Konfigurera utskrift och skanning"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "Andra"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
+msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr "Om manualen för Mageias kontrollcenter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
+"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
+"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
+"selected in the big right panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
+"any of the MCC tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
+"screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
+"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
+msgid "Local disks"
+msgstr "Lokala diskar"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
+msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
+msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
+"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
+msgid "Network Services"
+msgstr "Nätverkstjänster"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
+msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
+"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
+msgid "Network Sharing"
+msgstr "Nätverksdelning"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
+msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
+"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
+msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
+msgstr "Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
+"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
+msgid "Configure NFS shares"
+msgstr "Konfigurera NFS utdelningar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
+msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
+msgstr "Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
+msgid "Network and Internet"
+msgstr "Nätverk och Internet"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
+msgid "mcc-network.png"
+msgstr "mcc-network.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
+msgid "Manage your network devices"
+msgstr "Hantera dina nätverksenheter"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
+msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
+msgstr "Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Säkerhet"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
+msgid "mcc-security.png"
+msgstr "mcc-security.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
+"link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
+"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Filutdelning"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
+msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:4
+msgid "System"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-system.png"
+msgstr "mcc-system.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
+"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:18
+msgid "Manage system services"
+msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:35
+msgid "Localization"
+msgstr "Lokalisering"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:48
+msgid "Administration tools"
+msgstr "Administrations-verktyg"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:62
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:66
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/MCC.xml:4
+msgid "Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
+msgid "Configure updates frequency"
+msgstr "Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
+msgid "mgaapplet-config"
+msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
+msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
+msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
+"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
+msgstr "Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
+msgid "mousedrake"
+msgstr "mousedrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
+msgid "mousedrake.png"
+msgstr "mousedrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
+"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
+"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
+"immediately taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
+msgstr "MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:5
+msgid "msecgui"
+msgstr "msecgui"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:13
+msgid "msecgui.png"
+msgstr "msecgui.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"approaches:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
+"make it more secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
+"you if something seems dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:45
+msgid "Overview tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:47
+msgid "See the screenshot above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
+"button on the right side to configure them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:59
+msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:64
+msgid "msec itself with some information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:68
+msgid "enabled or not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:72
+msgid "the configured Base security level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
+"and another button to execute the checks just now."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:86
+msgid "Security settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:94
+msgid "msecgui2.png"
+msgstr "msecgui2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:100
+msgid "Basic security tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:103
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"following levels are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"vulnerable to attack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
+"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
+"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
+"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
+"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
+"versions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
+"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
+"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
+"level settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
+"enable it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:199
+msgid "System security tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:207
+msgid "msecgui3.png"
+msgstr "msecgui3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
+"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
+"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
+"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:219
+msgid "msecgui11.png"
+msgstr "msecgui11.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
+"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
+"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
+"saving them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:232
+msgid "msecgui10.png"
+msgstr "msecgui10.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:238
+msgid "Network security"
+msgstr "Nätverks-säkerhet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:245
+msgid "msecgui4.png"
+msgstr "msecgui4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:251
+msgid "Periodic checks tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
+"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
+"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
+"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:264
+msgid "msecgui5.png"
+msgstr "msecgui5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:270
+msgid "Exceptions tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"below shows four exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:280
+msgid "msecgui6.png"
+msgstr "msecgui6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:289
+msgid "msecgui7.png"
+msgstr "msecgui7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:303
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "Behörigheter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
+"enforcement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
+"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
+"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
+"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
+"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
+"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:318
+msgid "msecgui8.png"
+msgstr "msecgui8.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"if not, but does not change anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
+"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
+"permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:345
+msgid "msecgui9.png"
+msgstr "msecgui9.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:348
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
+"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
+"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
+"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
+"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
+"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:363
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
+"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
+"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
+"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
+"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
+msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
+msgid "And more tools?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
+msgid "rpmdrake"
+msgstr "rpmdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
+msgid "rpmdrake.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
+"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
+"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
+"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
+"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
+"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
+"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
+"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
+"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
+msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
+"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
+"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
+"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
+"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The main parts of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
+msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
+"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
+"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
+"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
+"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
+"in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
+"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
+"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
+"box ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
+msgid "The status column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
+"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
+"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
+"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
+"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr "Ikon"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
+msgid "Legend"
+msgstr "Legend"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
+msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
+msgid "This package is already installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
+msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
+msgid "This package will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
+msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
+msgid "This package cannot be modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
+msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
+msgid "This package is an update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
+msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
+msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
+msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
+"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
+"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
+"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
+msgid "The dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
+msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
+msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
+"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
+"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
+"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Set up scanner"
+msgstr "Konfigurera bildläsare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
+msgid "scannerdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
+"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
+"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
+"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
+msgid "scannerdrake.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
+"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
+"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
+"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
+"scanner manually</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
+msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
+msgid "Choose port"
+msgstr "Välj port"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
+msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
+"similar to the one below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
+msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
+msgid "Scannersharing"
+msgstr "Scannersharing"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
+msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
+"this machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
+"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
+"this computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
+"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
+msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
+msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
+msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
+msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
+msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
+msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
+msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
+"offers to do it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
+msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
+"\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
+msgid "Specifics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
+msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
+msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
+msgid "Epson"
+msgstr "Epson"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
+msgid "Extra installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
+"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
+"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
+"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
+"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
+"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
+"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
+msgid "Software Management"
+msgstr "Mjukvaruhantering"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/software-management.xml:10
+msgid "software-management.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:17
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
+"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
+msgid "Install and configure a printer"
+msgstr "Installera och konfigurera skrivare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
+msgid "system-config-printer"
+msgstr "system-config-printer"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
+msgid "system-config-printer.png"
+msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
+"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
+"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
+"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
+"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"and openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
+"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
+"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
+msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
+msgid "task-printing-server"
+msgstr "task-printing-server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
+msgid "task-printing-hp"
+msgstr "task-printing-hp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
+"dependencies are needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
+"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
+"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
+"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
+"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
+msgid "Automatically detected printer"
+msgstr "Skrivare som hittats automatiskt"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
+msgid "No automatically detected printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
+msgid "printer3.png"
+msgstr "printer3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
+msgid "Select printer from database"
+msgstr "Välj skrivare från databasen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
+msgid "provide PPD file"
+msgstr "ange PDD-fil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
+msgid "search for a driver to download"
+msgstr "sök efter nerladdningsbar drivrutin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
+"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
+"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
+"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
+"which know to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
+msgid "Complete the installation process"
+msgstr "Slutför installationen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
+"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
+"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
+"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
+"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
+msgid "Network printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
+"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
+"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
+"after \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
+"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
+"says \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
+"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
+"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
+msgid "Network printing protocols"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
+"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
+"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
+"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
+"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
+"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
+"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
+"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
+msgid "printer5.png"
+msgstr "printer5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
+msgid "The other protocols are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
+"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
+"some ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
+"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
+"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
+"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using LPD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
+"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
+"the URI:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
+msgid "Appsocket"
+msgstr "Appsocket"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
+msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
+msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
+msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
+msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
+msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
+msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
+msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-protokoll"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
+msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
+msgid "Device Properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr "Felsök"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
+"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
+"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
+"of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
+"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
+"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
+"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
+"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
+"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
+"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
+"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
+msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
+msgstr "Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
+msgid "transfugdrake"
+msgstr "transfugdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
+msgid "transfugdrake.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
+"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
+"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
+"explanation about the tool and import options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
+"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
+msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
+"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
+msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
+msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
+msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
+msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
+"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
+msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
+msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:11
+msgid "Users and Groups"
+msgstr "Användare och Grupper"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:13
+msgid "userdrake"
+msgstr "userdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:18
+msgid "userdrake.png"
+msgstr "userdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:37
+msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:41
+msgid "userdrake1.png"
+msgstr "userdrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
+"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
+"or nothing as well!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:49
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
+"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
+"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
+"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
+"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
+"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
+"group ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:78
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
+"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:87
+msgid "userdrake2.png"
+msgstr "userdrake2.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
+"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
+"as the account is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:98
+msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
+"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
+"password periodically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:106
+msgid "userdrake3.png"
+msgstr "userdrake3.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
+"that the user is a member of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
+"effective until his/her next login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
+"group name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
+"users who are members of the group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:126
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:133
+msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:136
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:141
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
+"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
+"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
+"account</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the graphical server"
+msgstr "Anpassa den grafiska servern"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
+msgid "XFdrake"
+msgstr "XFdrake"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
+msgid "XFdrake.png"
+msgstr "XFdrake.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:23
+msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkort</emphasis>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
+"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
+"one with a proprietary driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
+"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
+"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
+"Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
+"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
+"in your Desktop Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
+"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:45
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bildskärm:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:54
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upplösning:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
+"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:61
+msgid "XFdrake1.png"
+msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
+"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
+"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
+"select an uncomfortable setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
+"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testa:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
+"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
+"graphical environment doesn't work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
+"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
+"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:97
+msgid "Options:"
+msgstr "Alternativ:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
+"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
+"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
+"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a1e8297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="MCC">
+
+  <info>
+    <title>Mageia Kontrollcentral</title>
+    <cover>
+	    <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa80e567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Uppdatera Paket</title>
+
+    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+
+  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ffcecb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Anpassa den grafiska servern</title>
+
+    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+      </footnote></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grafikkort</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
+graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
+in your Desktop Environment.</para>
+<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Bildskärm:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Upplösning:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
+colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+
+  <para><mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" />
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the
+middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para>
+
+  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
+another one.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
+restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.
+      </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Testa:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
+on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
+graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
+text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
+XFdrake's text version. </para>
+    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+<orderedlist><title>Alternativ:</title>
+	<listitem>
+   <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+
+  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
+you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
+previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
+and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
+
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3691115d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root.</para>
+  </footnote> hittas i Mageia's
+kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt
+<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+ <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> är ett
+protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att
+den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en
+lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att
+konfigurera en WebDAV-server.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Skapar en ny post</title>
+
+    <para>Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några,
+och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange
+serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen.</para>
+
+    <para>Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några
+åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på
+<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom
+<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid
+rätta till det om det behövs.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna
+monteringspunkt.</para>
+
+    <para>I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några
+andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för
+åtkomst.</para>
+
+    <para>Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen
+<guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya
+monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på
+<guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara
+ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att
+fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en
+en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d731d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Detta enkla verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> ger dig som
+systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i
+sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala
+nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows.</para>
+
+  <para>Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad
+"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner".</para>
+
+  <para>Svara först på frågan: "<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela
+några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen
+delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på
+<guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan
+<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i
+<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i
+nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och
+Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga
+paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs.</para>
+
+  <para>Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer
+ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg
+kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till
+fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska
+läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan
+<guimenuitem>Redigera</guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i
+fildelningsgruppen och klicka på <guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer
+information om Userdrake hittar du <link
+ns2:href="userdrake.xml">här</link>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner
+och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja
+i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare
+har denna möjlighet.</para>
+
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6033ab42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Med detta verktyg <footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> kan du ange några
+kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på
+datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta
+Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara
+tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under
+en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedur</title>
+
+    <para>Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över
+servrar som delar mappar.</para>
+
+    <para>Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade
+mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig
+och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också
+verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter
+att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton>
+så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i
+/etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om
+nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din
+filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf164f7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD-brännare</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Detta verktyg <footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote>hittas under fliken
+Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din
+flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation). </para>
+
+  <para>Dess mål är att definera hur din flyttbara enhet är monterad. </para>
+
+  <para>Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda
+alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra
+dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Monteringspunkt</title>
+
+    <para>Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Val</title>
+
+    <para>Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via
+undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>användare/ingenanvändare</title>
+
+      <para>användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar
+disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som
+monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff7881db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Kom åt Windows (SMB)-delade diskar och mappar</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+  </info>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Med detta verktyg <footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> kan du ange vilka
+katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som
+används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen
+är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara
+åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare.</para>
+
+    <para>Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på
+servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedur</title>
+
+    <para>Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över
+servrar som delar kataloger.</para>
+
+    <para>Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av
+delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till.</para>
+
+    <para>För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig
+så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen
+<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ
+med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska
+kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du
+avmontera den med samma knapp.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande
+upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så
+är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya
+katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..791f8dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D-skrivbordseffekter</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Detta verktyg<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> låter dig hantera
+skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard
+avstängt.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section annotations="center">
+    <title>Komma igång</title>
+
+    <para>För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet
+installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad
+med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas.</para>
+
+    <para>Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja
+antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz
+Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare
+som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt
+skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den.</para>
+
+    <para>Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av
+Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste
+installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen
+<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att
+Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in
+igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt.</para>
+
+    <para>Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara
+aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm
+(CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Felsökning</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Kan inte se skrivbordet efter inloggning</title>
+
+      <para>Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön
+igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till
+inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange
+ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett
+administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha
+orsakat inloggningsproblemet.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34409177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Verifiering</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> möjliggör att du kan
+ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på
+nätet.</para>
+
+  <para>Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din
+dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att
+göra det och ger dig information om det.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot--boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bc1133e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Ställ in uppstartssystemet</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" align="center" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> tillåter dig att
+konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett
+lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)</para>
+
+  <para>Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt "Ställ in
+uppstartssystemet".</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att
+ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja
+vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med
+grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra
+konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte
+dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där
+starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från
+att starta.</para>
+
+  <para>I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa
+in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i
+sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista
+över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer
+något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått
+ut.</para>
+
+  <para>I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är
+det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord.</para>
+
+  <para>Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger några extra val.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Aktivera ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för
+strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det
+här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara
+är ACPI-kompatibel.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för
+processorer med flera kärnor.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en
+dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal
+APIC:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två
+komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O
+APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en
+eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart
+i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med
+APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering
+(felmeddelande "spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så
+avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som
+finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp
+eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på
+<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller
+<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där
+du antingen kan lägga till nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du
+bör känna till hur Lilo eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i
+menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3.</para>
+
+  <para>Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar
+Grub-kommandot "kernel". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+  <para>Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan
+lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot "root". Till exempel (hd0,1).</para>
+
+  <para>Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till
+kärnan vid tid för uppstart.</para>
+
+  <para>Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda
+den här posten som standard.</para>
+
+  <para>I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att
+välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref
+linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna.</para>
+
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d139f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakboot-im1" fileref="drakboot.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Med detta verktyg<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från </para>
+    </footnote> kan du ställa in
+automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas
+automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en
+användare som använder datorn.</para>
+
+  <para>Det finns under <emphasis role="bold">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias
+kontrollcenter och är märkt "Ställ in automatisk inloggning".</para>
+
+  <para>Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:</para>
+
+  <para>Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn
+startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter
+uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett
+vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom
+att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
+
+  <para>Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga,
+antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda
+autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om
+användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda
+autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så
+fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och
+<guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d16a04e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote>
+automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid
+möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att
+starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan
+ange den i en existerande felrapport.</para>
+
+  <para>Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det,
+vänligen läs <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Hur man
+rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen
+Rapportera.</para>
+
+  <para>Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug
+ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till
+den rapporten också.</para>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..184f88e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Samla loggar och systeminformation för felrapporter</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> kan bara startas och
+användas från en konsol.</para>
+
+<para>Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till
+exempel genom  <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
+drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med
+diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor.</para>
+<note><para>Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att
+först ta bort obehövliga delar.</para></note>
+  <para>Detta kommando samlar följande information från ditt system:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para> ispci</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> partitioner</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i81n</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> magiea-version</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+
+  <note><para>När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från "syslog" tom, detta
+för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den
+fortfarande är tom kan du återfå "syslog" skriva (som root): <emphasis
+role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med
+diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen
+istället: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
+journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b5ad049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakclock">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Hantera datum och tid</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Detta verktyg <footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns under systemfliken
+i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och
+tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att
+högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid.</para>
+
+  <para>Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg.</para>
+
+  <para>I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role="bold">kalendern</emphasis>. I
+skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till
+höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år)
+genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller
+2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret.</para>
+
+  <para>Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role="bold">Nätverk
+tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid
+ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera
+nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server.</para>
+
+  <para>På högra delen finns <emphasis role="bold">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte
+nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar
+timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små
+pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras
+här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta.</para>
+
+  <para>Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på
+knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i
+listan.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta
+verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina
+lokaliseringsinställningar.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb0d9488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Ta bort en anslutning</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<footnote><para>Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
+    <para>Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på
+<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>.</para> 
+    <para>Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort.</para> 
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dbde7be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakconnect">
+  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Med detta verktyg<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> kan du konfigurera
+mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din
+internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör.</para>
+
+    <para>Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och
+leverantör du har.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det
+som du ska ställa in.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om
+DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in
+dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas
+in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som
+standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln
+<emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många
+DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC
+till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det
+osannolikt.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
+klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
+IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla
+nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka
+DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte
+VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som
+standard.</para>
+
+            <para>För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är
+tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida.</para>
+
+            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en
+<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator
+t. ex. kallas för "splash" och det fullständiga domännamnet är
+"splash.boatanchor.net" så är sökdomänen "boatanchor.net". Om du inte
+specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala
+ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)</title>
+
+    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
+kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
+Tack på förhand.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny kabel-modemsanslutning</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det
+som du ska ställa in.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ingen</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn
+och lösenord.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar
+deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras
+nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan
+också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet
+kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela
+värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den
+funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från
+en ADSL-router är det osannolikt.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
+klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
+IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla
+nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar
+som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget
+VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som
+standard.</para>
+
+            <para>För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är
+tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida.</para>
+
+            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en
+<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator
+t. ex. kallas för "splash" och det fullständiga domännamnet är
+"splash.boatanchor.net" så är sökdomänen "boatanchor.net". Om du inte
+specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala
+nätverken behöver inte den inställningen.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny DSL-anslutning</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och
+konfigurera det.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
+leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
+<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Åtkomstinställningar</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny ISDN-anslutning</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Externt ISDN-modem</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj
+ditt kort.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
+leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
+<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan
+tillfrågas parametrar:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Namn på anslutning</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Telefonnummer</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Inloggnings-ID</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Identifieringsmetod</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste
+ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen
+automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Namn på domän</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Första och andra DNS-server</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att
+din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen
+automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange
+IP-adressen.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny trådlös anslutning (WiFi)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga
+och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska
+konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen
+inte fungerade.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet
+har hittat.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Arbetsläge:</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Hanterad</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste).</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Namn på nätverk (ESSID)</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd.</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WEP</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Krypteringsnyckel</para>
+
+            <para>Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatisk IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar
+deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras
+nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna
+anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges
+kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som
+standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att
+välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-klienten</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP-timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att
+klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en
+IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt
+för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Manuell inställning</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns
+VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard.</para>
+
+            <para>För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga
+på din leverantörs hemsida.</para>
+
+            <para>I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en
+<emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första
+namnet och innan punkten.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och
+konfigurera det.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om PIN-koden inte behövs.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet
+<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din
+leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet
+<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Ange åtkomstinställningar</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Namn på åtkomstpunkt</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konto-lösenord</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth</title>
+
+    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
+kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
+Tack på förhand.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Manuellt val</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar
+paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din
+leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet
+<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av
+leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Skript-baserad</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Terminal-baserad</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Nästa steg förklaras på <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+    <title>Avslutar konfigurationen</title>
+
+    <para>I nästa steg så kan du specificera:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Tillåt användare att hantera anslutningen</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Starta anslutningen vid uppstart</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande
+kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det
+möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på
+signalstyrka.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Med den avancerade knappen kan du specificera:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Metrisk (10 som standard)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>MTU</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Nätverks "hotplugging"</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta
+omedelbart eller inte.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31e19c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakconsole">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Öppna en konsoll som en administratör</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror
+inte du behöver mer information än så.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63a71cca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakdisk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--
+ lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
+<!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Hantera hårddisk-partitioner</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakdisk eller diskdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> är väldigt
+kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan
+resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan
+raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på
+<emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill
+jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter
+dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner,
+ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en
+partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis>
+längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir
+synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition.</para>
+
+  <para>Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du
+inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra
+det så måste partitionen avmonteras först.</para>
+
+  <para>Det är endast möjligt att skala partitionen på dess högra sida.</para>
+
+  <para>För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du
+först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya
+filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role="bold">Skapa</guibutton> visas du
+klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme.</para>
+
+  <para>Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli
+skapad.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis>
+ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses
+i skärmdumpen nedan.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66e76ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    
+
+    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ställ in en skärmhanterare</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Här<footnote>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> kan du välja vilken
+fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart
+de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda
+ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt
+fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcf98df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ställ in din personliga brandvägg</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Detta verktyg<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns under
+säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas "Konfigurera din
+personliga brandvägg". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i
+"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner".</para>
+
+  <para>En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All
+inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första
+skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av
+säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen
+brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja
+nödvändiga tjänster.</para>
+
+  <para>Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på
+<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet
+<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att
+följa dessa exempel :</para>
+
+  <para>80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll</para>
+
+  <para>24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet</para>
+
+  <para>De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag</para>
+
+  <para>Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i
+systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen
+att sparas i systemloggen.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du
+inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att
+hindra dig från att ansluta till internet.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan
+du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första
+kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är
+markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir
+skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon
+kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt
+motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan
+finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att
+bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar.</para>
+
+  <para>De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och
+som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga
+paketen att laddas ner.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp;
+Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f7cafad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakfont">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt.</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns i Mageias
+kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis>. Med
+det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan
+visar:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>installerade typsnitt, stilar och storlekar.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>en förhandsgranskning av valt typsnitt.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>några knappar som förklaras här senare.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: <emphasis/></emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på
+Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Alternativ:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som
+kan använda typsnitten.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Avinstallera:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för
+att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få
+allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importera:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet,
+...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på
+knappen <emphasis role="bold">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis
+role="bold">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja
+vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis
+role="bold">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen
+/usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+  <para>Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i
+drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se
+ändringarna.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..492fc518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakguard">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Föräldrakontroll</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns i Mageias
+kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter
+<guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du
+installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard).</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och
+begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre
+användbara egenskaper:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på
+dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i
+Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de
+bara kan köra det du tillåter dem.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera
+svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att
+uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande
+föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Konfigurera föräldrakontroll</title>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller
+Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på
+dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i
+Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade
+till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men
+måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du
+blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med
+ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om.</para>
+      </warning><guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer
+föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera
+program</guilabel> öppnas.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer
+alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken
+vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken
+svartlista.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha
+restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad
+åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till
+vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till
+honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och
+klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från
+tillåtna användare.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att
+tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och
+<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa
+tidsramar.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Fliken svart/vitlista</title>
+
+      <para>Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen
+<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Fliken blockera program</title>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av
+ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de
+program du vill blockera.</para>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer
+inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0cc1d9f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+    <title>Principer</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Detta är användbart när du har en
+dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt
+nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten
+till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta
+måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala
+nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2).</para>
+
+    <para>Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt
+som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+    <title>Gatewayguide</title>
+
+    <para>Guiden<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> erbjuder följande steg som visas
+nedan:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och
+fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att
+föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är
+korrekt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en
+sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress,
+nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den
+faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer
+guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall
+måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer
+guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du
+erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att
+kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att
+konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns
+namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till
+skrivarna och att dela ut dem.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+
+    <para>Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är
+aktiv.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+    <title>Konfigurera klienten</title>
+
+    <para>Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du
+får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna
+kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig
+oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder.</para>
+
+    <para>Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du
+specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som
+agerar gateway.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+    <title>Sluta dela förbindelser</title>
+
+    <para>Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta
+verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller
+stoppa delningen.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8b4107e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Maskindefinitioner</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta
+IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote>
+specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det
+namnet istället för en IP-adress.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få
+ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett
+alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Ändra</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma
+fönster används.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f649518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9db7de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Nätverkscenter</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns i Mageias
+kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som
+är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit
+osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp
+beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk,
+ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för
+att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt
+nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC.</para>
+
+    <para>I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är
+trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> (den här är inte uppkopplad<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett
+trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen
+<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> och den här <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de
+andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för
+nerkopplad.</para>
+
+    <para>I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess
+<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i
+grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan
+på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>,
+<guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det
+är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk
+väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler
+inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel).</para>
+
+    <para>Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bildskärmsknappen</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till
+datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta
+fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på
+<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>.</para>
+
+    <para>Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som
+lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om
+anslutningens status.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi
+kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Konfigureringsknappen</title>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket
+skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk
+IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår
+problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat.</para>
+
+    <para>För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna
+192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är
+255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och
+<guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs
+hemsida.</para>
+
+    <para>Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer
+trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är
+tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har
+aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av
+nätverkscenter:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
+kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
+Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
+kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
+Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Drifläge:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt,
+en <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som
+åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställningar.</para>
+
+    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som
+använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas
+även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel>
+används sällan i privata nätverk.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:</para>
+
+    <para>Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt
+som den är ansluten till nätverket.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Knapp för avancerade inställningar</title>
+
+    <para>Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du
+kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Dokumentations-teamet.</link>
+Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04650d67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Hantera olika nätverksprofiler</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+   <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>
+
+  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54f63a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Förutsättningar</title>
+
+    <para>När guiden<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> körs för första gången kan
+den visa följande meddelande:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Huvudfönster</title>
+
+    <para>En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan
+tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett
+konfigureringsverktyg.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ändra post</title>
+
+    <para>Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt "Ändra post". Det kan också startas
+med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är
+tillgängliga.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS-katalog</title>
+
+      <para>Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen
+<guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Maskin åtkomst</title>
+
+      <para>Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade
+katalogen.</para>
+
+      <para>NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen
+av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>nätgrupper</emphasis>: NIS-nätgrupper kan anges som @grupp.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ?
+T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla
+värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med
+`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Användar ID Mappning</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar
+från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr
+klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av
+den faktiska root-användaren på servern.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root
+squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för
+det anonyma kontot.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Avancerade alternativ</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
+originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
+is on by default.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
+and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
+request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
+using this option.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
+violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
+by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
+help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
+exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menyposter</title>
+
+    <para>Än så länge har listan minst en post.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Spara aktuell konfiguration.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..766832f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakproxy"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..328b8c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Ställ in media</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+		       given) -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-exit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><important>
+      <para>Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till
+mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att
+du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och
+uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan).</para>
+    </important><note>
+      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
+role="bold">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote></para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Kollumner</title>
+
+    <bridgehead>Aktivera kolumn:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var
+försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt
+system oanvändbart.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Uppdatera kolumn:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste
+vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av
+säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste
+öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media
+--expert</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Mediakolumn:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig
+version innehåller minst:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga
+program som stöds av Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som
+inte är gratis</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara
+patentskyddade i vissa länder.</para>
+
+        <para>Varje media har fyra undersektioner.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag
+när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan
+släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat
+även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner
+portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa
+nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera
+korrigeringar.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Knapparna till höger</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Ta bort:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det
+är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD
+eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och
+proxy).</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Lägg till:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser
+innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen
+Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för
+att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära
+dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att
+välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan
+i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som
+hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras
+den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menyn</title>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka
+på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för
+långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla
+aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera
+dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och
+välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker,
+välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera
+kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster
+öppnas:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande
+genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga
+speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som
+inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som
+beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid
+eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att
+definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på
+begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig).</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att
+autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller
+inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på
+<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller
+<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln.</para>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Gör detta med omsorg, som med alla säkerhetsrelaterade frågor</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du
+konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns
+värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel>
+och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f44bd2e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draksambashare"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
+resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
+the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
+also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
+resources of the Samba server.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Förberedning</title>
+
+    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
+the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Guide - Fristående server</title>
+
+    <para>Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote>
+att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de
+installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång
+Sambakonfigurationen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för
+att komma åt utdelningar.</para>
+
+    <para> Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på
+nätverket.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Välj säkerhetsläget:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha
+åtkomst till resursen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för
+varje utdelning.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress
+eller värdnamn.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för
+arbetsstationer med Windows.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera
+konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Guide - Primär domänkontrollant</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
+group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
+account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ange en katalog att dela</title>
+
+    <para>Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menyposter</title>
+
+    <para>När listan har minst en post så kan man lägga till menyposter.</para>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Spara den aktuella konfigurationen i <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
+
+      <para>Guiden kan köras igen med det här kommandot.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>Servern startas om med de aktuella konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Skrivarutdelning</title>
+
+    <para>Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare.</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Samba-användare</title>
+
+    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d88b6b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="draksec">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draksec</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns tillgängligt i
+Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis
+role="bold">Säkerhet</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att
+utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören.</para>
+
+  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Rootlösenord: Rootlösenordet efterfrågas innan verktyget startas.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
+tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..054d9ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Säkerhetskopiering</title>
+	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+  <para>När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se
+ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på
+<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några
+andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras.</para>
+
+ <para>Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm
+med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera
+säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela
+systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet.</para>
+  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+  </para>
+  <para>Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett
+snapshot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3344dbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Ljudkonfiguration</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">draksound</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+
+  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
+PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
+sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+
+  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
+driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
+card.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
+API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
+possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla
+ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar
+resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny ->
+Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>.</para>
+
+  <para>PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta
+den vara aktiverad.</para>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa
+program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad.</para>
+
+  <para>Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med tre
+knappar:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Den första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör.</para>
+
+  <para>Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella
+problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter
+hjälp i olika kanaler.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a927e6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakups</emphasis> som root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..406e5a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakvpn">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Konfiguration</title>
+
+    <para>Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket
+protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk.</para>
+
+    <para>Namnge sedan din anslutning.</para>
+
+    <para>Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>För Cisco VPN</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången
+verkyget används.</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets
+administratör.</para>
+
+        <para>Avancerade parametrar:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Nästa skärm frågar efter IP-adressen till gatewayn.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen.</para>
+
+    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
+connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
+to this VPN.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5882a14d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfigurera webbserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vad är en webbserver?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Presentation</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Slutför</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61d02e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Anpassa DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee6212e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Anpassa DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Vad är DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Presentation</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Sammanfattning</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Vänta...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Flera timmar senare...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Startar om <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..951a9036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Anpassa tid</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> för att avsluta</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d5e599f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Anpassa FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vad är <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Presentation</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Serverinformation</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Serveralternativ</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Slutför</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20c03cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Anpassa proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Vad är en proxyserver?</title>
+
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Presentation</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Sammanfattning</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Slutför</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Startar om <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca9977cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH demonens inställningar</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Allmänna alternativ</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Autentiseringsmetoder</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Loggning</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Inloggningsalternativ</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sammanfattning</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Slutför</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1ff2f82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig
+kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
+dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand.</para>   
+
+  <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> som root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df71eb52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="harddrake2"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Konfiguration av hårdvara</title>
+
+    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Fönstret</title>
+
+    <para>Fönstret är uppdelat i två kolumner.</para>
+
+    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menyn</title>
+
+    <para><bridgehead>Val</bridgehead></para>
+
+    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>modem</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Jaz-enheter</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Parallella zip-enheter</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a59bd781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Ställ in tangentbodslayout</title>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+        <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
+      </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Tangentbordslayout</title>
+
+    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Typ av tangentbord</title>
+
+    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87c5cdd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="localedrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Hantera lokalisering av ditt system</title>
+
+    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva
+<emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> som root.
+  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+  <para>Du måste starta om sessionen när ändringar har utförts.</para>
+  
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+      <info>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Inmatningsmetod</title>
+      </info>
+  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b022e732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visa och sök i systemloggar</title>
+
+    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget<footnote>
+      <para>Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> som root.</para>
+    </footnote> finns i Mageias
+kontrollcentral under fliken "<guilabel>Visa och sök i
+systemloggarna</guilabel>".</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>För att söka i loggarna</title>
+
+    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>För att konfigurera en e-postnotifiering</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+    <para>Följande tjänster kan övervakas :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Webmin-tjänst</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>E-postservern Postfix</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>FTP-server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Webbservern Apache</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>SSH-server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Samba-server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Xinetd-tjänst</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>BIND Uppslag av domännamn</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..591779c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Visa alla tillgängliga NFS och SMB-utdelningar</title>
+	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget <footnote>
+      <para>Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis
+role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root.
+      </para>
+    </footnote> kan bara startas
+från en konsol.</para>
+
+  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f60f66fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Visa information om PCI, USB och PCMCIA</title>
+
+    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Det här verktyget <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> kan bara startas och
+användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+  <para>Information om grafikkortet;</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+  <para>Information om nätverket</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
+
+  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
+lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
+called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d44471c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Uppstart</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
+steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera start-steg</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot--boot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot--boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..18de8989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hårdvara</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
+hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Hantera din hårdvara</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera
+hårdvara</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera Grafik</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera mus och tangentbord</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera utskrift och skanning</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
+the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Andra</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6882fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Om manualen för Mageias kontrollcenter</title></info>
+
+ 
+	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
+tools.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+  
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98aef0ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Lokala diskar</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
+local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist><title>Lokala diskar</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+	          </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5557d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Nätverk och Internet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
+below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Hantera dina nätverksenheter</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Andra</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca131b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Nätverkstjänster</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Nätverkstjänster</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+  </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2d38e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Nätverksdelning</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
+directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
+directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera NFS utdelningar</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcce6208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-security">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Säkerhet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
+link below to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Säkerhet</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
+and audit</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
+  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6f43cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Filutdelning</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Filutdelning</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3aa09457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="mcc-system">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1"  revision="1" align="center"  format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
+tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Hantera systemtjänster</title>
+        <listitem>
+		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Lokalisering</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Administrations-verktyg</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	      <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on
+system</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+   <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> 
+
+   <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83db0cd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa0b4f81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+  </section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09bac883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="msecgui">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll</title>
+
+    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Overview tab</title>
+
+    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+
+    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>enabled or not</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+      <para role="underline">
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+      <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
+users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+      <caution>
+	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <para>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+      <important>
+	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>System security tab</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <caution>
+      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Nätverks-säkerhet</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+    <title>Behörigheter</title>
+    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+     <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    </para></note>
+    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+   </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b25b343b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
+Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
+next pages.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+		</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+	</listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+        	<para>And more tools?</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ea30f8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  
+
+  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
+time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
+interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
+dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
+updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
+summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
+in the packages.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
+.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The status column</title>
+
+    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><table>
+        <title/>
+
+        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+          <colspec align="center"/>
+
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry align="center">Ikon</entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake2.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake3.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake4.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake5.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake6.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table></para>
+
+    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
+with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
+clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The dependencies</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1f0acb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Konfigurera bildläsare</title>
+    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+
+
+  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This tool <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
+message:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+    
+    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Välj port</title>
+    </info> <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject></figure>
+
+    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
+accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
+decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
+this machine.</para>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+  </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
+    </info>  
+
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Epson</para>
+
+        <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
+    </info>  
+
+    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+      
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dca54b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv"
+xml:id="software-management">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Mjukvaruhantering</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
+management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <orderedlist><title>Mjukvaruhantering</title>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt
+system</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+    </listitem>
+	    <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+
+    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e5b2f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installera och konfigurera skrivare</title>
+
+    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="introduction">
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+      </footnote>.</para>
+
+    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
+dependencies are needed.</para>
+
+    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="automatic">
+    <title>Skrivare som hittats automatiskt</title>
+
+    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Välj skrivare från databasen</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>ange PDD-fil</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>sök efter nerladdningsbar drivrutin</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="terminate">
+    <title>Slutför installationen</title>
+
+    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printer">
+    <title>Network printer</title>
+
+    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+    </note>
+
+    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
+
+    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
+
+        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD)-protokoll</para>
+
+        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="properties">
+    <title>Device Properties</title>
+
+    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Felsök</title>
+
+    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="specificities">
+    <title>Specifics</title>
+
+    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
+devices</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21f25486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar</title>
+
+    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import documents:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+   <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e0fefa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv" xml:id="userdrake">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Användare och Grupper</title>
+
+    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
+means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
+(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+
+  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
+group ID.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
+effective until his/her next login.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
+who are members of the group</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
+role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
+ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
+has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file